-
1 внутренние объекты
Интрапсихические репрезентанты аспектов взаимоотношений с другими людьми. Фэйрбейрн и другие авторы использовали этот термин применительно к фантазиям об интернализации "плохого" (неприемлемого) образа кормящего человека для контроля над ним. В этом же смысле термин применялся Фрейдом и Абрахамом. Кляйнианцы, однако, использовали понятие внутреннего объекта в более узком и специфичном контексте — для обозначения интернализации объектов, следующей за их первоначальным "открытием" или "созданием" через проективную идентификацию отдельных аспектов детской инстинктивной жизни. Например, жадность уступает место внутреннему объекту, выражающему требовательность ребенка.Согласно теории Кляйн, тревога, возникающая из-за конфликта между влечением к жизни и влечением к смерти, существует с момента рождения. Оба влечения проецируются на материнскую грудь; влечение к смерти является причиной того, что грудь воспринимается в фантазии как преследующий объект. Но поскольку интроекция и проекция представляют собой непрерывный процесс, преследующий объект может также стать внутренним. В это же время, чтобы создать хороший объект, который удовлетворит инстинкт сохранения жизни и защитит от интернализированного преследующего объекта, младенец наделяет грудь либидинозными качествами, превращая ее тем самым в идеальный объект. Первичная активность фантазии проявляется в виде интроекции хорошего и проекции плохого объектов. В другой раз хороший объект может быть спроецирован, чтобы уберечь его от внутренней агрессии, тогда как (см. выше) преследующий объект часто интроецируется, становясь внутренним плохим объектом.Они могут представлять собой "скопление интернализированных объектов", взаимодействующих между собой и с Самостью. Они могут переноситься на аналитика и "влиять на аффективные состояния индивида и его внешние поведенческие реакции" (Greenberg & Mitchell, 1983, с. 10). Называемые также интроектами, они могут "пониматься как свободные антиципаторные образы того, что ожидается от людей в ‘реальном мире'; как находящиеся в тесной связи с опытом индивида, кто он есть; как преследователи... или как источники безопасности, к которым обращаются при стрессе и изоляции. Они представляют собой остатки (в психике) отношений со значимыми людьми в индивидуальной жизни. Важнейшие моменты этих взаимоотношений, интернализируясь, оставляют свои следы" (там же, с. 11). Внутренние объекты можно разделить на хорошие и плохие, парциальные и целостные, ассимилированные (в структуру Самости) и неассимилированные (не идентифицированные с Я) (Heimann, 1952).Кляйнианцы и представители школы объектных отношений не стремились к четкому разграничению между понятиями внутреннего объекта и объектных репрезентантов, хотя такое разграничение имплицитно содержится в концепции Кляйн о развитии символообразования. Чтобы обрести способность оперировать символами, ребенок, по мнению Кляйн, должен преодолеть паранойяльно-шизоидную и сформировать депрессивную позицию, научиться переносить сепарацию и, наряду с этим, достичь способности представлять объект в его отсутствие.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > внутренние объекты
-
2 Thinking
But what then am I? A thing which thinks. What is a thing which thinks? It is a thing which doubts, understands, [conceives], affirms, denies, wills, refuses, which also imagines and feels. (Descartes, 1951, p. 153)I have been trying in all this to remove the temptation to think that there "must be" a mental process of thinking, hoping, wishing, believing, etc., independent of the process of expressing a thought, a hope, a wish, etc.... If we scrutinize the usages which we make of "thinking," "meaning," "wishing," etc., going through this process rids us of the temptation to look for a peculiar act of thinking, independent of the act of expressing our thoughts, and stowed away in some particular medium. (Wittgenstein, 1958, pp. 41-43)Analyse the proofs employed by the subject. If they do not go beyond observation of empirical correspondences, they can be fully explained in terms of concrete operations, and nothing would warrant our assuming that more complex thought mechanisms are operating. If, on the other hand, the subject interprets a given correspondence as the result of any one of several possible combinations, and this leads him to verify his hypotheses by observing their consequences, we know that propositional operations are involved. (Inhelder & Piaget, 1958, p. 279)In every age, philosophical thinking exploits some dominant concepts and makes its greatest headway in solving problems conceived in terms of them. The seventeenth- and eighteenth-century philosophers construed knowledge, knower, and known in terms of sense data and their association. Descartes' self-examination gave classical psychology the mind and its contents as a starting point. Locke set up sensory immediacy as the new criterion of the real... Hobbes provided the genetic method of building up complex ideas from simple ones... and, in another quarter, still true to the Hobbesian method, Pavlov built intellect out of conditioned reflexes and Loeb built life out of tropisms. (S. Langer, 1962, p. 54)Experiments on deductive reasoning show that subjects are influenced sufficiently by their experience for their reasoning to differ from that described by a purely deductive system, whilst experiments on inductive reasoning lead to the view that an understanding of the strategies used by adult subjects in attaining concepts involves reference to higher-order concepts of a logical and deductive nature. (Bolton, 1972, p. 154)There are now machines in the world that think, that learn and create. Moreover, their ability to do these things is going to increase rapidly until-in the visible future-the range of problems they can handle will be coextensive with the range to which the human mind has been applied. (Newell & Simon, quoted in Weizenbaum, 1976, p. 138)But how does it happen that thinking is sometimes accompanied by action and sometimes not, sometimes by motion, and sometimes not? It looks as if almost the same thing happens as in the case of reasoning and making inferences about unchanging objects. But in that case the end is a speculative proposition... whereas here the conclusion which results from the two premises is an action.... I need covering; a cloak is a covering. I need a cloak. What I need, I have to make; I need a cloak. I have to make a cloak. And the conclusion, the "I have to make a cloak," is an action. (Nussbaum, 1978, p. 40)It is well to remember that when philosophy emerged in Greece in the sixth century, B.C., it did not burst suddenly out of the Mediterranean blue. The development of societies of reasoning creatures-what we call civilization-had been a process to be measured not in thousands but in millions of years. Human beings became civilized as they became reasonable, and for an animal to begin to reason and to learn how to improve its reasoning is a long, slow process. So thinking had been going on for ages before Greece-slowly improving itself, uncovering the pitfalls to be avoided by forethought, endeavoring to weigh alternative sets of consequences intellectually. What happened in the sixth century, B.C., is that thinking turned round on itself; people began to think about thinking, and the momentous event, the culmination of the long process to that point, was in fact the birth of philosophy. (Lipman, Sharp & Oscanyan, 1980, p. xi)The way to look at thought is not to assume that there is a parallel thread of correlated affects or internal experiences that go with it in some regular way. It's not of course that people don't have internal experiences, of course they do; but that when you ask what is the state of mind of someone, say while he or she is performing a ritual, it's hard to believe that such experiences are the same for all people involved.... The thinking, and indeed the feeling in an odd sort of way, is really going on in public. They are really saying what they're saying, doing what they're doing, meaning what they're meaning. Thought is, in great part anyway, a public activity. (Geertz, quoted in J. Miller, 1983, pp. 202-203)Everything should be made as simple as possible, but not simpler. (Einstein, quoted in Minsky, 1986, p. 17)What, in effect, are the conditions for the construction of formal thought? The child must not only apply operations to objects-in other words, mentally execute possible actions on them-he must also "reflect" those operations in the absence of the objects which are replaced by pure propositions. Thus, "reflection" is thought raised to the second power. Concrete thinking is the representation of a possible action, and formal thinking is the representation of a representation of possible action.... It is not surprising, therefore, that the system of concrete operations must be completed during the last years of childhood before it can be "reflected" by formal operations. In terms of their function, formal operations do not differ from concrete operations except that they are applied to hypotheses or propositions [whose logic is] an abstract translation of the system of "inference" that governs concrete operations. (Piaget, quoted in Minsky, 1986, p. 237)[E]ven a human being today (hence, a fortiori, a remote ancestor of contemporary human beings) cannot easily or ordinarily maintain uninterrupted attention on a single problem for more than a few tens of seconds. Yet we work on problems that require vastly more time. The way we do that (as we can observe by watching ourselves) requires periods of mulling to be followed by periods of recapitulation, describing to ourselves what seems to have gone on during the mulling, leading to whatever intermediate results we have reached. This has an obvious function: namely, by rehearsing these interim results... we commit them to memory, for the immediate contents of the stream of consciousness are very quickly lost unless rehearsed.... Given language, we can describe to ourselves what seemed to occur during the mulling that led to a judgment, produce a rehearsable version of the reaching-a-judgment process, and commit that to long-term memory by in fact rehearsing it. (Margolis, 1987, p. 60)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Thinking
-
3 huella
f.1 footprint.huella digital o dactilar fingerprinthuella genética genetic fingerprint2 trace (vestigio).3 mark.dejar huella to leave one's mark4 step.pres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: hollar.* * *1 (de pie) footprint; (de ruedas) track2 figurado (vestigio) trace, sign\dejar huella to leave one's mark (en, on)no quedar ni huella not to be a traceseguir las huellas de alguien figurado to follow in somebody's footstepshuella dactilar fingerprint* * *noun f.1) footprint2) fingerprint3) track* * *SF1) [en el suelo] (=pisada) footprint, footstep; [de coche, animal] trackhuella dactilar, huella digital — fingerprint
2) (=rastro) tracesin dejar huella — without leaving a trace, leaving no sign
3) (=impronta)el presidente dejó huella inconfundible en el partido — the president left his unmistakable mark o stamp on the party
4) (=acto) tread, treading5) [de escalera] tread* * *a) ( pisada - de persona) footprint, footstep; (- de rueda) tracklas huellas del animal — the animal's tracks o pawprints (o hoofmarks etc)
b) ( vestigio) markc) ( de escalón) tread* * *= trace, footprint, imprint, footprint, footprint, track, print.Ex. But there was no trace of sinisterness in Balzac's manner.Ex. Such compact drives are attractive devices for laptop computers and for internal installation in desktop computers with compact footprints.Ex. Harris was a librarian par excellence, whose imprint will become indelible in the history of Nigerian librarianship.Ex. In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.Ex. The article is entitled 'The Information footprint: a satellite-based information service'.Ex. Topics include trees, leaf coloration, buds, seeds, vertebrate animals, animal tracks, insects and other arthropods, earthworms, characteristics of living things, and microhabitats.Ex. Some of the exhibition's objects are plaster casts of such perishables as dying daffodil heads and hoof prints.----* borrar + Posesivo + huellas = cover up + Posesivo + tracks.* dejar huella = leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + a trace, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* dejar huellas = leave + footprints.* dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting memory.* dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting impression.* desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* huella dactilar = fingerprint [finger-print].* huella de carbono = carbon imprint, carbon footprint.* huella dejada por el pulgar = thumb-mark.* huella ecológica = ecological imprint, ecological footprint.* huellas = set of tracks.* identificación mediante las huellas dactilares = finger-print identification.* sin dejar huella = into thin air.* * *a) ( pisada - de persona) footprint, footstep; (- de rueda) tracklas huellas del animal — the animal's tracks o pawprints (o hoofmarks etc)
b) ( vestigio) markc) ( de escalón) tread* * *= trace, footprint, imprint, footprint, footprint, track, print.Ex: But there was no trace of sinisterness in Balzac's manner.
Ex: Such compact drives are attractive devices for laptop computers and for internal installation in desktop computers with compact footprints.Ex: Harris was a librarian par excellence, whose imprint will become indelible in the history of Nigerian librarianship.Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.Ex: The article is entitled 'The Information footprint: a satellite-based information service'.Ex: Topics include trees, leaf coloration, buds, seeds, vertebrate animals, animal tracks, insects and other arthropods, earthworms, characteristics of living things, and microhabitats.Ex: Some of the exhibition's objects are plaster casts of such perishables as dying daffodil heads and hoof prints.* borrar + Posesivo + huellas = cover up + Posesivo + tracks.* dejar huella = leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + a trace, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* dejar huellas = leave + footprints.* dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting memory.* dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting impression.* desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.* hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.* huella dactilar = fingerprint [finger-print].* huella de carbono = carbon imprint, carbon footprint.* huella dejada por el pulgar = thumb-mark.* huella ecológica = ecological imprint, ecological footprint.* huellas = set of tracks.* identificación mediante las huellas dactilares = finger-print identification.* sin dejar huella = into thin air.* * *siguieron las huellas del animal they followed the animal's tracks o pawprints ( o hoofmarks etc)2 (vestigio) markla huella islámica en la literatura española the Islamic influence on Spanish literatureen su rostro se veía la huella del tiempo time had left its mark on his face ( liter)desaparecieron sin dejar huella they disappeared without (a) trace3 (de un escalón) treadCompuestos:carbon footprintecological footprintgenetic fingerprint● huellas dactilares or digitalesfpl fingerprints (pl)social impact; social footprint* * *
Del verbo hollar: ( conjugate hollar)
huella es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
hollar
huella
huella sustantivo femenino
(— de rueda) track;
huellas dactilares fingerprints
huella sustantivo femenino
1 (pisada) footprint
(de vehículo, animal) track
huella dactilar o digital, fingerprint
2 fig (rastro, señal) trace, sign
dejar la huella, to leave one's mark: dejó una huella en el cristal, it left a mark on the glass
' huella' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
dactilar
- estampar
- imprimir
- marca
- pisada
- seña
- señal
- señalar
- dejar
- impacto
- indicio
- marcar
- mordida
- perro
- rastro
- reciente
- resquicio
English:
fingerprint
- footprint
- impression
- imprint
- mark
- print
- sign
- skidmark
- suspicion
- track
- finger
- foot
* * *♦ nf1. [de persona] footprint;[de animal, rueda] track;seguir las huellas de alguien to follow in sb's footstepshuella dactilar fingerprint;huella digital fingerprint;huella genética genetic fingerprint2. [vestigio] trace;todavía no han desaparecido las huellas de las inundaciones you can still see the signs of the flooding3. [impresión profunda] mark;su rostro reflejaba las huellas del esfuerzo her face showed signs of the effort she was putting in;dejar huella: desaparecieron sin dejar huella they vanished without trace;un estilo de componer que ha dejado huella a style of composing that has been very influential;sus enseñanzas dejaron huella en sus discípulos her teachings influenced her followers4. [de escalón] tread* * *f mark; de animal track;seguir las huellas de alguien follow in s.o.’s footsteps* * *huella nf1) : footprintseguir las huellas de alguien: to follow in someone's footsteps2) : mark, impactdejar huella: to leave one's marksin dejar huella: without a trace3)huella dactilar : fingerprint* * *huella n1. (de persona) footprint2. (de animal, vehículo) track -
4 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysisJAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic AssociationSE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)PQ - Psychoanalytic QuarterlyWAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)\О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts\1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
-
5 इन्द्रिय _indriya
इन्द्रिय a. Fit for or belonging to or agreeable to, Indra.-यः A friend or companion of Indra.-यम् [इन्द्र-घ; इन्द्रेण दुर्जयम्; by P.V.2.93 इन्द्रियमिन्द्रलिङ्गमिन्द्रदृष्ट मिन्द्रसृष्टमिन्द्रजुष्टमिन्द्रदत्तमिति वा]1 Power, force, the quality which belongs to Indra.-2 An organ of sense, sense, or faculty of sense. (Indriyas are often compared to restive horses, which, if not properly checked, will lead one astray; cf. मा भूवन्नपथवरास्तवेन्द्रियाश्वाः Ki.5.5). There are two kinds of Indriyas:- (a) ज्ञानेन्द्रियाणि or बुद्धीन्द्रियाणि; श्रोत्रं त्वक्चक्षुणी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी (also मनः according to some); and (b) कर्मेन्द्रियाणिः -पायूपस्थं हस्तपादं वाक् चैव दशमी स्मृता Ms.2.9. Ms. further adds एकादशं मनो ज्ञेयं स्वगुणेनोभयात्मकम् । यस्मिञ् जिते जितावेतौ भवतः पञ्चकौ गणौ ॥ In the Vedanta मनः, बुद्धि, अहंकार and चित्त are said to be the four internal organs, the total number of organs being, therefore, 14, each presided over by its own ruler or नियन्तृ. In Nyāya each organ is connected with its own peculiar element; the eye, ear, tongue, nose, and skin being connected respectively with Light or fire, Ether, Water, Earth and Air.-3 Bodily or virile power, power of the sense.-4 Semen; गणिकान्नमथेन्द्रियम् Mb.12.36.28.-5 Symbolical expression for the number '5'.-Comp. -अगोचर a. imperceptible.-अर्थः 1 an object of sense; these objects are:- रूपं शब्दो गन्धरसस्पर्शाश्च विषया अमी Ak.; इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वैषौ व्यवस्थितौ Bg.3.34; Bh.3.5.8; R.14.25.-2 anything exciting these senses.-असङ्गः non-attachment to sensual objects, stoicism.-आत्मन् m.1 an epithet of Viṣṇu.-2 an organ of sense.-आदिः the principle called ahaṅkāra (in Sāṅ. Phil.).-आयतनम् 1 the abode of the senses, i. e. the body.-2 the soul.-आराम a. given to enjoying the objects of sense; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16.-ईशः the soul.-गोचर a. perceptible to the senses. (-रः) an object of sense; पञ्च चेन्द्रियगोचराः Bg.13.5.-ग्रामः, -वर्गः the assemblage or collection of organs, the five organs of sense taken collectively; बलवानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms.2.215, 1,175; निर्ववार मधुनीन्द्रियवर्गः Śi.1.3.-ज a. in one's presence, visible.-ज्ञानम् consciousness, the faculty of perception.-धारणा restraint of senses; स्थिरामिन्द्रिय- धारणाम् Kaṭh.2.6.11.-निग्रहः restraint of senses.-प्रसङ्गः sensuality.-बुद्धिः f. perception by the senses, exercise of any organ of sense.-बोधन a. exciting power; stimulating or sharpening the senses. (-नम्) any excitement of senses, a stimulus.-वधः insensibility.-विप्रतिपत्तिः f. perversion of the organs, wrong preception.-वृत्तिः f. function of the organs.-संप्रयोगः Functioning of senses with reference to objects.-सुख sensual pleasures; एवमिन्द्रियसुखानि निर्विशन्नन्यकार्यविमुखः स पार्थिवः R.19.47.-सन्निकर्षः the contact of an organ of sense (either with its object or with the mind).-स्वापः insensibility, unconsciousness, stupor. -
6 Memory
To what extent can we lump together what goes on when you try to recall: (1) your name; (2) how you kick a football; and (3) the present location of your car keys? If we use introspective evidence as a guide, the first seems an immediate automatic response. The second may require constructive internal replay prior to our being able to produce a verbal description. The third... quite likely involves complex operational responses under the control of some general strategy system. Is any unitary search process, with a single set of characteristics and inputoutput relations, likely to cover all these cases? (Reitman, 1970, p. 485)[Semantic memory] Is a mental thesaurus, organized knowledge a person possesses about words and other verbal symbols, their meanings and referents, about relations among them, and about rules, formulas, and algorithms for the manipulation of these symbols, concepts, and relations. Semantic memory does not register perceptible properties of inputs, but rather cognitive referents of input signals. (Tulving, 1972, p. 386)The mnemonic code, far from being fixed and unchangeable, is structured and restructured along with general development. Such a restructuring of the code takes place in close dependence on the schemes of intelligence. The clearest indication of this is the observation of different types of memory organisation in accordance with the age level of a child so that a longer interval of retention without any new presentation, far from causing a deterioration of memory, may actually improve it. (Piaget & Inhelder, 1973, p. 36)4) The Logic of Some Memory Theorization Is of Dubious Worth in the History of PsychologyIf a cue was effective in memory retrieval, then one could infer it was encoded; if a cue was not effective, then it was not encoded. The logic of this theorization is "heads I win, tails you lose" and is of dubious worth in the history of psychology. We might ask how long scientists will puzzle over questions with no answers. (Solso, 1974, p. 28)We have iconic, echoic, active, working, acoustic, articulatory, primary, secondary, episodic, semantic, short-term, intermediate-term, and longterm memories, and these memories contain tags, traces, images, attributes, markers, concepts, cognitive maps, natural-language mediators, kernel sentences, relational rules, nodes, associations, propositions, higher-order memory units, and features. (Eysenck, 1977, p. 4)The problem with the memory metaphor is that storage and retrieval of traces only deals [ sic] with old, previously articulated information. Memory traces can perhaps provide a basis for dealing with the "sameness" of the present experience with previous experiences, but the memory metaphor has no mechanisms for dealing with novel information. (Bransford, McCarrell, Franks & Nitsch, 1977, p. 434)7) The Results of a Hundred Years of the Psychological Study of Memory Are Somewhat DiscouragingThe results of a hundred years of the psychological study of memory are somewhat discouraging. We have established firm empirical generalisations, but most of them are so obvious that every ten-year-old knows them anyway. We have made discoveries, but they are only marginally about memory; in many cases we don't know what to do with them, and wear them out with endless experimental variations. We have an intellectually impressive group of theories, but history offers little confidence that they will provide any meaningful insight into natural behavior. (Neisser, 1978, pp. 12-13)A schema, then is a data structure for representing the generic concepts stored in memory. There are schemata representing our knowledge about all concepts; those underlying objects, situations, events, sequences of events, actions and sequences of actions. A schema contains, as part of its specification, the network of interrelations that is believed to normally hold among the constituents of the concept in question. A schema theory embodies a prototype theory of meaning. That is, inasmuch as a schema underlying a concept stored in memory corresponds to the mean ing of that concept, meanings are encoded in terms of the typical or normal situations or events that instantiate that concept. (Rumelhart, 1980, p. 34)Memory appears to be constrained by a structure, a "syntax," perhaps at quite a low level, but it is free to be variable, deviant, even erratic at a higher level....Like the information system of language, memory can be explained in part by the abstract rules which underlie it, but only in part. The rules provide a basic competence, but they do not fully determine performance. (Campbell, 1982, pp. 228, 229)When people think about the mind, they often liken it to a physical space, with memories and ideas as objects contained within that space. Thus, we speak of ideas being in the dark corners or dim recesses of our minds, and of holding ideas in mind. Ideas may be in the front or back of our minds, or they may be difficult to grasp. With respect to the processes involved in memory, we talk about storing memories, of searching or looking for lost memories, and sometimes of finding them. An examination of common parlance, therefore, suggests that there is general adherence to what might be called the spatial metaphor. The basic assumptions of this metaphor are that memories are treated as objects stored in specific locations within the mind, and the retrieval process involves a search through the mind in order to find specific memories....However, while the spatial metaphor has shown extraordinary longevity, there have been some interesting changes over time in the precise form of analogy used. In particular, technological advances have influenced theoretical conceptualisations.... The original Greek analogies were based on wax tablets and aviaries; these were superseded by analogies involving switchboards, gramophones, tape recorders, libraries, conveyor belts, and underground maps. Most recently, the workings of human memory have been compared to computer functioning... and it has been suggested that the various memory stores found in computers have their counterparts in the human memory system. (Eysenck, 1984, pp. 79-80)Primary memory [as proposed by William James] relates to information that remains in consciousness after it has been perceived, and thus forms part of the psychological present, whereas secondary memory contains information about events that have left consciousness, and are therefore part of the psychological past. (Eysenck, 1984, p. 86)Once psychologists began to study long-term memory per se, they realized it may be divided into two main categories.... Semantic memories have to do with our general knowledge about the working of the world. We know what cars do, what stoves do, what the laws of gravity are, and so on. Episodic memories are largely events that took place at a time and place in our personal history. Remembering specific events about our own actions, about our family, and about our individual past falls into this category. With amnesia or in aging, what dims... is our personal episodic memories, save for those that are especially dear or painful to us. Our knowledge of how the world works remains pretty much intact. (Gazzaniga, 1988, p. 42)The nature of memory... provides a natural starting point for an analysis of thinking. Memory is the repository of many of the beliefs and representations that enter into thinking, and the retrievability of these representations can limit the quality of our thought. (Smith, 1990, p. 1)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Memory
-
7 защита защит·а
1) defence, protectionвыступать в защиту мира — to act in defence of peace, to advocate peace
противоатомная / противоядерная защита / — nuclear defence
радиолокационная защита — radar protection / defence
в защиту — in defence (of)
2) (покровительство) protectionлишиться защиты своего государства и своего гражданства — to lose the protection of one's home state and one's national character
находиться под особой защитой правительства — to be placed under the special protection of the government
обеспечивать / предоставлять защиту — to afford / to grant / to secure protection
распространение специальной защиты на дипломатических агентов, находящихся на отдыхе в третьем государстве — extension of special protection to diplomatic agents on leave in a third state
защита журналистов, находящихся в опасных командировках — protection of journalists engaged in dangerous missions
защита прав человека — protection / defence of human rights
защита, предоставляемая в соответствии с конвенцией — protection accorded by the convention
защита, предоставляемая иностранным должностным лицам в соответствии с внутренним законодательством государства пребывания — protection provided for foreign officials under the internal law of the host / receiving state
лица, имеющие право на защиту — persons entitled to protection
прекращение предоставления защиты — cessation / discontinuation of protection
под защитой — under the aegis (of) / protection (of)
3) юр. defenceВаша честь, защита закончила изложение дела — Your Honour, this is the case for defence
-
8 मनस् _manas
मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्]1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c.-2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K.-3 Con- science, the faculty of discrimination or judgment.-4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52.-5 Design, purpose, intention.-6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम.-7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22.-8 Disposition, temper, mood.-9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22.-1 N. of the lake called Mānasa.-11 Breath or living soul.-12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.).-Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband.-अनवस्थानम् inattention.-अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18.-अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart.-अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose,-अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39.-अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart.-आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing.-कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable.-कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concen- tration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9.-क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion.-गत a.1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11.-2 affecting the mind, desired.(-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51.-2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion.-गतिः f. desire of the heart.-गवी wish, desire.-गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic.-ग्रहणम् captivating the mind.-ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind.-ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind.-ह्यम् the plea- sures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11.-ग्लानिः depression of mind.-ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love.-जल्पः imagination.-जव a.1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33.-2 quick in thought or concep- tion.-3 fatherly, paternal.- जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly.-जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni.-2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti.-जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind.-जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts.-ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva.(-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic.-2 an intoxicating drink.-3 a princess.-तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish.-तालः the lion of Durgā.-तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind.-तोका an epithet of Durgā.-दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्.-दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated.-दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment.-दाहिन् the god of love.-दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18.-धारणम् conciliating the favour of.-नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, demented- ness.-नीत a. approved, chosen.-पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth.-पूत a.(मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46.-2 of a pure mind, conscientious.-प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind.-प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm.-प्रिय a. dear to the heart.-यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी).-प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight.-भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg.-भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa.-2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33.-मथनः the god of love.-मय see separately.-यायिन् a.1 going at will or pleasure.-2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3.-3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12.-योगः close application of the mind, close attention.-योनिः the god of love.-रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind.-2 pleasantness.-रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45.-2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13.-3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air.-रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta.(-मा) 1 a lovely woman.-2 a kind of pigment.-रागः affection, passion (of the heart).-राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'.-रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart.-लयः loss of consciousness.-लौल्यम् freak, caprice.-वल्लभा a beloved woman.-वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19.-वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds.-वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire,-विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind.-विनयनम् mental discipline.-विरुद्ध a.1 incomprehensible.-2 against the dictates of mind or conscience.-वृत्तिः f.1 working of the mind, volition.-2 disposition, temper.-वेगः quickness of thought.-व्यथा mental pain or anguish.-शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22.-शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K.-शीघ्र a. quick as thought.-संकल्पः desire of the heart.-संगः attach- ment of the mind (to anything).-संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a mate- rial and spiritual senses)-संतापः anguish of the mind.-समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg.-संवरः coercion of mind.-सुख a. agreeable to the mind.-स्थ a. being in the heart, mental.-स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind.-हत a. disappointed.-हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold.-हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, plea- sing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7.-हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman.-ह्लादः gladness of heart.-ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P. -
9 синхронизация по событию
1) General subject: event synchronization: Control of concurrent object activation by means of signals. Three types of event synchronization are possible: external interrupts, timer expiration, and internal signals from other concurrent objects2) Programming: event synchronizationУниверсальный русско-английский словарь > синхронизация по событию
-
10 чёрный ящик как способ повторного использования: стиль повторного использования, основан
Универсальный русско-английский словарь > чёрный ящик как способ повторного использования: стиль повторного использования, основан
-
11 Betriebswirtschaftlichkeit
Betriebswirtschaftlichkeit
economy in operation;
• Betriebswirtschaftlichkeitsquotient operating ratio;
• Betriebswirtschaftslehre business administration (US) (economics, Br.);
• allgemeine Betriebswirtschaftslehre managerial economics;
• Betriebswissenschaft scientific management;
• Betriebswohnung company flat (dwelling, housing);
• Betriebszahl operating ratio;
• Betriebszählung industrial census;
• Betriebszeit working time, factory hours, (Maschine) service life;
• während (in) der Betriebszeit in company time;
• Betriebszeitraum operating period;
• Betriebszeitschrift house organ, company magazine, personnel periodical;
• Betriebszeitung international (house, US) organ, employee (company) publication;
• Betriebsziffern business data;
• Betriebszinsen internal interest;
• nach einjähriger Betriebszugehörigkeit with one year of service;
• Betriebszugehörigkeitsdauer period of employment, company seniority;
• stetige Betriebszugehörigkeitsdauer continuity of service;
• Betriebszusammenlegung amalgamation of industries;
• Betriebszuschuss company contribution;
• in gutem Betriebszustand sein to be in good working order;
• Betriebszweck objects of a company, business use;
• Betriebszweig branch of industry;
• Betriebszyklus operating cycle.Business german-english dictionary > Betriebswirtschaftlichkeit
-
12 seno
m.1 breast (pecho).senos breasts, bosom2 refuge, shelter (amparo, cobijo).acogieron en su seno a los refugiados they gave shelter to o took in the refugees3 heart.en el seno de within4 hollow.5 sine (Mat).6 sinus (anatomy) (de la nariz).7 bosom, innermost part.* * *1 (pecho) breast, bosom2 (hueco entre el pecho y la ropa) bosom3 (matriz) womb4 (cavidad) cavity, hollow, hole5 MATEMÁTICAS sine6 ANATOMÍA sinus7 GEOGRAFÍA gulf, bay8 figurado bosom, heart* * *noun m.* * *SM1) (=pecho) breast2) (=centro)el seno del movimiento — the heart o core of the movement
3) liter (=útero)4) (Mat) sine5) (Anat)6) (Náut, Meteo) trough7) (Geog) (=ensenada) small bay; (=golfo) gulf8) frm (=hueco) hollow* * *1)dar el seno — (Ven) to breastfeed
b) ( matriz) wombc) (de organización, empresa) heart2) (Mat) sine* * *1)dar el seno — (Ven) to breastfeed
b) ( matriz) wombc) (de organización, empresa) heart2) (Mat) sine* * *seno11 = breast, bosom.Ex: One time he showed me a photograph in an art book of a woman's bare breasts and said 'Nice tits, uh?'.
Ex: The rolls, which it was customary to keep in the bosom, contained exhortations, messages and promises and were considered very valuable as physical objects.* dentro del seno de = within the pale of.* en el seno de = within, among, amongst.* en su seno = therein.* nacido en el seno de = born to.* senos caídos = saggy boobs.* senos firmes y de punta = pert breasts.seno22 = sine.Ex: The idea of creating sound by adding together sine waves is not new.
seno33 = sinus.Ex: Each sinus is connected to the nose by a small opening called an ostium.
* seno nasal = sinus, nasal passage.* * *Alos senos the breastsle extirparon el seno izquierdo she had her left breast removedcáncer en or del seno ( AmL); breast cancerguardó la carta en su seno she kept the letter tucked away in her bosomle apretó contra su seno she clutched him to her breast o bosomdar el seno ( Ven); to breastfeedque Dios lo acoja en su seno may he be taken into the bosom of the Lorden el seno de Abraham in Abraham's bosom2 (matriz) womb3 (de una organización) heartla confusión existente en el propio seno de la empresa the confusion which exists at the very heart of the companydespués de muchos años volvió al seno de su familia after many years she returned to the bosom of her familyCompuestos:frontal sinuswombB ( Mat) sineC ( Arquit) groin* * *
seno sustantivo masculino
( pecho) bosom;
dar el seno (Ven) to breastfeed
seno sustantivo masculino
1 (mama femenina) breast
2 (vientre, entrañas) aquella criatura, nacida de su seno, that child, to whom she gave birth
3 Mat Geom sine: el seno de un ángulo de 30 grados es 0,5, the sine of a thirty degree angle is 0.5
4 fig (interior) bosom, heart: nació en el seno de una familia humilde, he was born into a humble family
la cuestión suscitó suspicacias en el seno de la organización, the question raised suspicions within the organization
' seno' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
desunión
English:
bosom
- breast
- sinus
* * *seno nm1. [pecho] breast;senos breasts, bosom2. [amparo, cobijo] refuge, shelter;acogieron en su seno a los refugiados they gave shelter to o took in the refugees;nació en el seno de una familia acaudalada she was born into a wealthy family;que Dios lo acoja en su seno may the Lord take them unto Himself4. [de una organización] heart;en el seno de within;hay tensiones en el seno del partido the party is riven by internal dissension5. [concavidad] hollow6. Mat sine7. [de la nariz] sinus* * *m1 tb figbosom;senos breasts2 MAT sine3 ANAT sinus* * *seno nm1) : breast, bosomlos senos: the breastsel seno de la familia: the bosom of the family2) : sinus3)seno materno : womb* * *seno n breast -
13 गुणः _guṇḥ
गुणः [गुण्-अच्]1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42.-2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence.-3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15.-4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7.-5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit').-6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54.-7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57.-8 A sinew.-9 A quali- ty, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22.-1 A quality, characte- ristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24).-11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three proper- ties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27.-12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221.-13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5.-14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1.-15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4.-16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16.-17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence.-18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्.-19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says: माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6.-2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as in- stances to illustrate these meanings.-21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedi- ents to be used by a king in foreign politics are six:-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21.-22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities).-23 The chord of an arc (in geom.).-24 An organ of sense.-25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233.-26 A cook.-27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas.-28 Leaving, abandonment.-29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.)-3 Division, subdivision, species, kind.-31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utter- ance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven.-Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27.-अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44.-अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being.-अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened.-अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22.-अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11.-अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities.-अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6.-अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent.-अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction.-अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5.-आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92.-2 N. of Śiva.-आढ्य a. rich in virtues.-आत्मन् a. having qualities.-आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person.-आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent.-ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being.-2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain.-उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities.-उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium.-उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73.-उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12.-ओघः, -घम् su- perior or abundant merits.-कथनम् extolling, praising.-2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid.-कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2.-कर्मन् n.1 an unessential or secondary action.-2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्.˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute.-कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1.-काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24.-कार a. productive of good qualities, profit- able, salutary.(-रः) 1 a cook who prepares side- dishes or any secondary articles of food.-2 an epithet of Bhīma.-3 (in math.) the multiplier.-कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling.-कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15.-गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11.-गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise.-गृध्नु a.1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2.-2 possessing enviable or good qualities.-गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5.-गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi.-ग्रहणम् appreciating merits.-ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9.-ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13.-घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious.-ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47.-त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent proper- ties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life.-दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67.-धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities.-निधिः a store of virtues.-पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords.-पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64.-प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23.-भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1.-भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14.-महत् a superior quality.-मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84.-रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51.-राशिः an epithet of Śiva-लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property.-लयनिका, -लयनी a tent.-लुब्ध a.1 desirous of merits.-2 attached to merits.-वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः.-वादः 1 pointing out good merits.-2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as: गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.).-3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhu- sūdana.-विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit.-विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36.-षः a different property.-वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened.-वृत्तिः f.1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति).-2 the character or style of merits.-वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296.-शब्दः an adjective.-संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19.-संगः 1 association with qualities or merits.-2 attach- ment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures.-संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26.-संपद् f. ex- cellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24.-सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man.-2 an epithet of Brahmā.-हीन a.1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89.-2 poor (as food). -
14 मनस्
mánasn. mind (in its widest sense as applied to all the mental powers),
intellect, intelligence, understanding, perception, sense, conscience, will RV. etc. etc.
(in phil. the internal organ orﾠ antaḥ-karaṇa of perception andﾠ cognition, the faculty orﾠ instrument through which thoughts enter orﾠ by which objects of sense affect the soul IW. 53 ;
in this sense manas is always is always regarded as distinct from ātman andﾠ purusha, « spirit orﾠ soul» andﾠ belonging only to the body, like which it is - except in the Nyāya - considered perishable;
as to its position in the various systems seeﾠ for Nyāya andﾠ Vaiṡeshika IW. 63; 67; 76, for Sāṃkhya andﾠ Vedânta ib. 84; 109; 117 ;
in RV. it is sometimes joined with hṛid orﾠ hṛidaya, the heart Mn. VII, 6 ;
with cakshus, the eye);
the spirit orﾠ spiritual principle, the breath orﾠ living soul which escapes from the body at death (called asu in animals;
cf. above) ib. ;
thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit ib. (ifc. after a verbal noun orﾠ an inf. stem in - tu = having a mind orﾠ wishing to;
cf. drashṭu-m- etc.;
manaḥ kṛi, to make up one's mind;
with gen., to feel inclination for;
manaḥ kṛi, pra-kṛi, dhā, vi- dhā, dhṛi, bandh andﾠ Caus. of ni-viṡ with loc. dat. acc. with prati, orﾠ inf., to direct the mind orﾠ thoughts towards, think of orﾠ upon;
manaḥ with sam-ā-dhā, to recover the senses, collect one's self;
with han seeﾠ mano-hatya;
mánasā ind. in the mind;
in thought orﾠ imagination;
with all the heart, willingly;
with gen., by the leave of;
with iva = - sêva, as with a thought, in a moment;
with man, to think in one's mind, be willing orﾠ inclined;
with saṉ-gam, to become unanimous, agree;
manasi with kṛi, to bear orﾠ ponder in the mind, meditate on, remember;
with ni-dhā, to impress on the mind, consider;
with vṛit, to be passing in one's mind);
N. of the 26th Kalpa (s.v.) Cat. ;
of the lake Mānasa BhP. ;
manasodohaḥ N. of a Sāman. ĀrshBr. ;
+ cf. Gk. μένος;
Lat. miner-va
- मनस्कान्त
- मनस्कार
- मनस्केत
- मनस्ताप
- मनस्ताल
- मनस्तुष्टि
- मनस्तेजस्
- मनस्तोका
- मनस्त्व
- मनस्पाप
- मनस्मय
- मनस्वत्
- मनस्वि
- मनस्विन्
-
15 misura
f measurement( taglia) size( provvedimento), fig measuremusic barmisure pl preventive preventive measurescon misura in moderationsu misura made to measure* * *misura s.f.1 measure (anche mat.); (misurazione) measurement: unità di misura, unit of measurement; misura di lunghezza, di superficie, di volume, di capacità, linear, square, cubic, capacity measure; pesi e misure, weights and measures; misura per liquidi, liquid measure; misura per cereali, corn measure; due misure di grano, two measures of wheat; una misura precisa, approssimativa, a precise, approximate measurement; la misura del tempo, the measurement of time; prendere la misura di una stanza, to measure a room (o to take the dimensions of a room); la sarta mi prese le misure, the dressmaker took my measurements; prendere la misura della vista, to test s.o.'s sight // nella misura in cui, insofar as // in misura diretta, (proporzionalmente) in proportion to // a misura che..., as... (o the more... the more); a misura che il pericolo aumentava, il panico s'impadroniva della gente, as the danger increased, the people were overcome with panic // a misura, (esattamente, precisamente) perfectly; questo abito mi va, mi sta a misura, this dress fits me perfectly // la misura è colma, the measure is full to the brim; (fig.) I'm sick and tired of it // usare due pesi e due misure, (fig.) to use different criteria of (o to be biased in one's) judgment // fallire di misura, to be pipped at the post; vincere di misura, to win by a hair's breadth; (col minimo scarto) to scrape home // (econ.): misura della produttività, productivity measure; azienda di media misura, medium-sized concern; guadagnare in misura del proprio lavoro, to earn according to the amount of one's work // (mat.) teoria della misura, measure theory2 (taglia, dimensione) size: abiti su misura, clothes made to measure; scarpe di tutte le misure, shoes of all sizes; che misura porti?, what size do you take?; le scarpe non sono della mia misura, the shoes aren't my size; oggetti di tutte le misure, objects of all different sizes // una città a misura d'uomo, a city on a human scale3 (limite, proporzione) limit, proportion; (moderazione) moderation: avere il senso della misura, to have a sense of proportion; passar la misura, to exceed (o to overstep) the limit (o to lose all sense of proportion); spendere senza misura, to spend without limit; lo farò nella misura delle mie forze, del possibile, I shall do it to the best of my ability, as much as possible // con misura, moderately // fuori di, oltre misura, excessively (o beyond measure)4 (spec. pl.) (provvedimento) measure, step: misure di sicurezza, safety measures; misura precauzionale, precautionary measure; misure di emergenza, emergency measures; misure di polizia, police measures; misure politiche, political measures; misure restrittive, restrictive measures; misure espansionistiche, expansionary measures; misure protezionistiche, protectionist measures; prendere, adottare le misure del caso, to take the necessary measures (o steps); il parlamento ha adottato le nuove misure fiscali, Parliament has taken the new fiscal measures (o steps); il governo ha preso tutte le misure per evitare dissensi interni, the government has taken all possible steps to avoid internal dissension; prendere delle misure contro qlcu., to take measures against s.o.; ricorrere a misure drastiche, to resort to drastic measures // mezze misure, (fig.) half measures; non conosce mezze misure, he doesn't use half measures // (econ.): misure anticongiunturali, anti-recession measures; misure antinflazionistiche, anti-inflation (o anti-inflationary) measures // (dir.) misura conservativa, measure of conservation (o provisional remedy)5 (livello, qualità) standard, measure: (econ.) misura del valore, standard of value6 (poesia) measure, metre7 (mus.) measure, time8 (scherma) measure, reach, distance; (boxe) reach: (boxe) chiudere la misura, to clinch.* * *[mi'zura]sostantivo femminile1) (dimensione) measure, measurementprendere le -e di qcs. — to take the measurements of sth.
prendere le -e a qcn. — to take sb.'s measurements
(fatto) su misura — made-to-measure, tailor-made, custom-made
a misura d'uomo — [edificio, città] on a human scale, man-sized
2) (taglia) size; (di scarpe) size, fittingche misura ha? — what size are you o do you take?
3) (misurazione) measureunità di misura — measure, unit of measurement
misura di capacità, lunghezza — measure of capacity, length
non avere misura to know no limits; con misura [parlare, agire] carefully, with moderation; senza misura [spendere, bere] wildly, to excess; senso della misura sense of proportion; senza mezze -e — without half-measures
5) (limite)passare o colmare la misura to go too far; la misura è colma! it's the last straw; oltre ogni misura — beyond all limits
6) (maniera)in una (qual) certa misura — to a certain extent o degree
nella misura in cui — inasmuch as, insofar as
in larga misura — in large measure, to a great o large extent
7) (provvedimento) measure, stepmisura precauzionale, disciplinare — precautionary, disciplinary measure
vincere di (stretta) misura — to win by a slender margin o a (short) head
* * *misura/mi'zura/ ⇒ 35sostantivo f.1 (dimensione) measure, measurement; prendere le -e di qcs. to take the measurements of sth.; prendere le -e a qcn. to take sb.'s measurements; (fatto) su misura made-to-measure, tailor-made, custom-made; a misura d'uomo [edificio, città] on a human scale, man-sized; a misura di bambino child-friendly3 (misurazione) measure; unità di misura measure, unit of measurement; misura di capacità, lunghezza measure of capacity, length; misura di superficie square measure; pesi e -e weights and measures4 (moderazione) non avere misura to know no limits; con misura [parlare, agire] carefully, with moderation; senza misura [spendere, bere] wildly, to excess; senso della misura sense of proportion; senza mezze -e without half-measures5 (limite) passare o colmare la misura to go too far; la misura è colma! it's the last straw; oltre ogni misura beyond all limits6 (maniera) in una (qual) certa misura to a certain extent o degree; nella misura in cui inasmuch as, insofar as; in larga misura in large measure, to a great o large extent; in misura minore to a lesser degree; in uguale misura in equal measure7 (provvedimento) measure, step; misura precauzionale, disciplinare precautionary, disciplinary measure8 di misura [ vittoria] hairline, close, narrow; vincere di (stretta) misura to win by a slender margin o a (short) head. -
16 eksplozivan
adj explosive; fig explosive, volatile, combustible I eng -ni motor internal--combustion engine; mil -no punjenje explosive charge; -na naprava explosive device; -ne zamke boobytrap devices, booby-trapped objects; phon -ni konzonant plosive, stop; min -ni* * *• explosive -
17 юрисдикция юрисдикци·я
находиться под территориальной и административной юрисдикцией какой-л. страны — to be under the territorial and administrative jurisdiction of a state
осуществлять юрисдикцию в отношении иностранных консулов — to have jurisdiction respecting foreign consuls
осуществлять юрисдикцию в соответствии с национальным законодательством — to exercise jurisdiction in accordance with national law
осуществлять юрисдикцию над гражданами (своего государства), путешествующими или проживающими за границей — to exercise jurisdiction over the subjects / citizens travelling or residing abroad
подчиняться юрисдикции государства флага судна — to come within / to fall under jurisdiction of smb.'s flag state
установить юрисдикцию над преступлением — to establish jurisdiction over a crime / an offence
государство может получить юрисдикцию над обвиняемым — state may acquire jurisdiction over the person of the accused
бесспорная / неоспоримая юрисдикция — indisputable jurisdiction
предоставить освобождение от гражданской и уголовной юрисдикции — to grant exemption from civil and criminal jurisdiction
гражданская юрисдикция судебных и административных властей — civil jurisdiction of the judicial and administrative authorities
районы, находящиеся под национальной юрисдикцией — areas under national jurisdiction
район за пределами действия национальной юрисдикции — area beyond the limits of national jurisdiction
обязательная юрисдикция — obligatory / mandatory jurisdiction
воды, находящиеся под юрисдикцией государства — waters under state jurisdiction
изъятие из юрисдикции в отношении государств и их имуществ — jurisdictional immunities of states and their property
юрисдикция в отношении открытого моря — jurisdiction on the high / open sea
Russian-english dctionary of diplomacy > юрисдикция юрисдикци·я
-
18 ac
atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).I.In joining single words, which is its most common use.A.In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)1.The form atque.a.Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):b.sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):2.Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):B.sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—Esp.a.In a hendiadys:b.utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).(α).Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:(β).Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—With adeo, and that too, and even:(γ).intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—With etiam:(δ).id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—With the dem. pron. hic, is:II.negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—In comparisons.A.Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:B.si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:C.illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;D.once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;E.in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):F.nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:G.amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:III.principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.a.Absol.:b.Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—With potius:IV.Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —In connecting clauses and beginning periods.1.In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:2.atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.a.Absol.:b.maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —Often with etiam:c.Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—Sometimes with quoque:d.Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—3.In narration:4.aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):5.Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—In connecting two acts or events.a.In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;b. (α).ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—Absol.:(β).si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—With ita or sic:c.Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):6.non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:7.Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—In expressing a wish, atque utinam:8.Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.a.Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;b.atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—With tamen:9.nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;10.... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).a.A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:b.Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—A positive purpose:11.Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:b.atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—In introducing parentheses:c.vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:V.Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—In particular connections and phrases.A.Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:B.unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—Etiam atque etiam. again and again:C.temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—D.Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:E.atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:F.Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—With other conjunctions.1.After et:2.equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:3.submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—Before et:4.caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):G.nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:a.In the second place:b.Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—In the third place:quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.) -
19 adque
atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).I.In joining single words, which is its most common use.A.In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)1.The form atque.a.Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):b.sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):2.Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):B.sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—Esp.a.In a hendiadys:b.utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).(α).Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:(β).Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—With adeo, and that too, and even:(γ).intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—With etiam:(δ).id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—With the dem. pron. hic, is:II.negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—In comparisons.A.Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:B.si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:C.illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;D.once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;E.in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):F.nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:G.amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:III.principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.a.Absol.:b.Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—With potius:IV.Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —In connecting clauses and beginning periods.1.In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:2.atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.a.Absol.:b.maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —Often with etiam:c.Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—Sometimes with quoque:d.Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—3.In narration:4.aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):5.Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—In connecting two acts or events.a.In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;b. (α).ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—Absol.:(β).si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—With ita or sic:c.Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):6.non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:7.Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—In expressing a wish, atque utinam:8.Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.a.Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;b.atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—With tamen:9.nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;10.... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).a.A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:b.Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—A positive purpose:11.Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:b.atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—In introducing parentheses:c.vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:V.Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—In particular connections and phrases.A.Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:B.unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—Etiam atque etiam. again and again:C.temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—D.Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:E.atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:F.Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—With other conjunctions.1.After et:2.equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:3.submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—Before et:4.caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):G.nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:a.In the second place:b.Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—In the third place:quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.) -
20 amplissime
amplus, a, um, adj. [some regard this as a shortened form of anapleôs, = filled up, full; others, as for ambulus from amb-, rounded out, as superus from super, etc.; v. Doed. Syn. II. p. 113; but perh. it is better to form it from am- and -plus, akin to -pleo, plenus, q. v. Pott], thus pr., full all round; hence, great, large. —In space, of large extent, great, large, wide, ample, spacious (the forms amplus and amplior are very rare in the ante-class. per., and rare in all periods. Amplius is com. in the ante-class., freq. in the class., and very freq. in the post-class. per., the Vulg. rarely using the other forms, but using this 121 times. Amplissimus belongs to prose, and is scarcely used before Cicero, with whom it was a very favorite word. It was also used by Plin. Maj. and Min., but never by Tac., Sall. (in his genuine works), nor the Vulg. Catullus used only the form amplius, and Prop. only amplus, while Tib. and Pers. never used this word in any form. Ampliter is found mostly in Plaut.; and ample and amplissime are used a few times by Cic. and by writers that followed him; syn.: magnus, ingens, latus, late patens, spatiosus, laxus).I.Lit.:B.amplus et spectu protervo ferox,
Pac. Trag. Rel. p. 94 Rib.:qui (Pluto) ter amplum Geryonen compescit unda,
Hor. C. 2, 14, 7:ampla domus dedecori domino fit, si est in ea solitudo,
Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; so Verg. A. 2, 310:admodum amplum et excelsum signum,
Cic. Verr. 4, 74:collis castris parum amplus,
Sall. J. 98, 3:porticibus in amplis,
Verg. A. 3, 353:per amplum mittimur Elysium,
id. ib. 6, 743:vocemque per ampla volutant Atria,
id. ib. 1, 725:nil vulva pulchrius ampla,
Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 41:amplae aures,
Plin. 11, 52, 114, § 274:milium amplum grano,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 55:cubiculum amplum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 6:baptisterium amplum atque opacum,
id. ib. 5, 6, 25.— Comp.:quanto est res amplior,
Lucr. 2, 1133:Amplior Urgo et Capraria,
Plin. 3, 6, 12, § 81:avis paulo amplior passere,
id. 10, 32, 47, § 89:amplior specie mortali,
Suet. Aug. 94; id. Caes. 76 (for the neutr. amplius, v. infra).— Sup.:amplissima curia... gymnasium amplissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53:urbs amplissima atque ornatissima,
id. Agr. 2, 76:amplissimum peristylum,
id. Dom. 116:(candelabrum) ad amplissimi templi ornatum esse factum,
id. Verr. 4, 65:mons Italiae amplissimus,
Plin. 3, 5, 7, § 48:amplissimum flumen,
Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 3:amplissimus lacus,
id. ib. 10, 41, 2:amplissima insula,
Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 71:amplissimi horti,
Plin. Ep. 8, 18, 11:amplissima arborum,
Plin. 16, 39, 76, § 200:est (topazon) amplissima gemmarum,
id. 37, 8, 32, § 109:amplissimum cubiculum,
Plin. Ep. 5, 6, 23.—Transf., great, abundant, ample, much, long:II.bono atque amplo lucro,
Plaut. Am. prol. 6 and Ep. 2, 2, 117:pabula miseris mortalibus ampla,
Lucr. 5, 944:ampla civitas,
Cic. Verr. 4, 81; 4, 96:civitas ampla atque florens,
Caes. B. G. 4, 3:gens ampla,
Plin. 5, 30, 33, § 125:amplae copiae,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19:ampla manus militum,
Liv. Epit. 1, 4, 9:pecuaria res ampla,
Cic. Quinct. 12:res familiaris ampla,
id. Phil. 13, 8:(res) ampla,
Sall. H. Fragm. 3, 82, 20 Kritz:patrimonium amplum et copiosum,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 6; id. Dom. 146: id. Phil. 2, 67:amplae divitiae,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 101:esse patri ejus amplas facultates,
Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 9:in amplis opibus heres,
Plin. 9, 36, 59, § 122.— Comp.:amplior numerus,
Cic. Mil. 57; Sall. J. 105, 3; Tac. A. 14, 53:ampliores aquae,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 58:amplior exercitus,
Sall. J. 54, 3; Suet. Vesp. 4:commeatus spe amplior,
Sall. J. 75, 8:amplior pecunia, Auct. B. Alex. 56: pecunia amplior,
Plin. Ep. 3, 11, 2:pretia ampliora,
Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 84:omnia longe ampliora invenire quam etc.,
Plin. Ep. 1, 14, 10:ampliores noctes,
Plin. 18, 26, 63, § 232:ut ampliori tempore maneret,
Vulg. Act. 18, 20.— Sup.:peditatus copiae amplissimae e Gallia,
Cic. Font. 8:exercitus amplissimus,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 2; 9, 13, 11:amplissima pecunia,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 31:amplissimae fortunae,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 8; id. Quinct. 49; id. Phil. 10, 4:amplissimae patrimonii copiae,
id. Fl. 89:amplissimas summas emptionibus occupare,
Plin. Ep. 8, 2, 3:opes amplissimae,
id. ib. 8, 18, 4:amplissima dies horarum quindecim etc.,
the longest day, Plin. 6, 34, 39, § 218.—Also subst. in comp. neutr. (v. amplius, adv. infra), more:ut quirem exaudire amplius,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:si vis amplius dari, Dabitur,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 18:jam amplius orat,
id. ib. 2, 1, 19:daturus non sum amplius,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 29:non complectar in his libris amplius quam quod etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 22:tantum adfero quantum ipse optat, atque etiam amplius,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 10:ni amplius etiam, quod ebibit,
id. Trin. 2, 1, 20: Ph. Etiamne amplius? Th. Nil, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 63: Tr. Dimidium Volo ut dicas. Gr. Immo hercle etiam amplius, Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 21: Th. Nempe octoginta debentur huic minae? Tr. Haud nummo amplius, id. Most. 3, 3, 16:etiam amplius illam adparare condecet,
Turp. Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.:hoc onere suscepto amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1:si sit opus liquidi non amplius urna,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 54:omnis numerus amplius octingentis milibus explebat,
Vell. 2, 110, 3:Segestanis imponebat aliquanto amplius quam etc.,
Cic. Verr. 4, 76:illa corona contentus Thrasybulus neque amplius requisivit,
Nep. Thras. 4, 3:amplius possidere,
Plin. 18, 4, 3, § 17:Ille imperio ei reddito haud amplius, quam ut duo ex tribus filiis secum militarent, exegit,
Curt. 8, 4, 21:dedit quantum maximum potuit, daturus amplius, si potuisset,
Plin. Ep. 3, 21, 6:cum hoc amplius praestet, quod etc.,
id. ib. 7, 25, 1.—Also with part. gen., more of, a greater quantity or number of:gaudeo tibi liberorum esse amplius,
Plaut. Cist. 5, 4:te amplius bibisse praedicet loti,
Cat. 39, 21:amplius frumenti auferre,
Cic. Verr. 3, 49:expensum est auri viginti paulo amplius,
id. Fl. 6, 8:amplius negotii contrahi,
id. Cat. 4, 9:si amplius obsidum vellet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9, ubi v. Herz.:quanto ejus amplius processerat temporis,
id. B. C. 3, 25.—Fig.A.Of internal power or force, great, strong, violent, impetuous:B.pro viribus amplis,
Lucr. 5, 1174:amplae vires peditum,
Plin. 6, 20, 23, § 75;ampla nepotum Spes,
Prop. 4, 22, 41:poena sera, sed ampla,
full, strict, id. 4, 5, 32. — Comp.:haec irae factae essent multo ampliores,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 9:si forte morbus amplior factus siet, i. e. gravior,
id. ib. 3, 1, 50:amplior metus,
Cic. Clu. 128:amplior potentia feris,
Plin. 28, 10, 42, § 153:ampliorem dicendi facultatem consequi,
Quint. 2, 3, 4:amplior eoque acrior impetus,
Flor. 4, 2, 66:spes amplior,
Sall. J. 105, 4:amplius accipietis judicium,
severer, Vulg. Matt. 23, 14:amplior auctoritas,
Plin. 37, 3, 12, § 47:amplior virtus,
higher merit, Quint. 8, 3, 83:idem aut amplior cultus (dei),
Plin. 28, 2, 4, § 18:amplior est quaestio,
Quint. 3, 5, 8:ampliora verba,
of larger meaning, id. 8, 4, 2: scientia intellegentiaque ac sapientia ampliores inventae sunt in te, Vulg. Dan. 5, 14:quo legatis animus amplior esset,
Sall. C. 40, 6; 59, 1:spiritus amplior,
Vulg. Dan. 5, 12; 6, 3.— Sup.:(honos) pro amplissimis meritis redditur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 41:cujus sideris (Caniculae) effectus amplissimi in terra sentiuntur,
very violent, Plin. 2, 40, 40, § 107:amplissima spes,
Suet. Caes. 7:his finis cognitionis amplissimae,
most important trial, Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 23.—Of external splendor, great, handsome, magnificent, splendid, glorious:C.illis ampla satis forma, pudicitia,
great enough, Prop. 1, 2, 24:haec ampla sunt, haec divina,
Cic. Sest. 102; id. Arch. 23:res gestae satis amplae,
Sall. C. 8, 2:cur parum amplis adfecerit praemiis,
Cic. Mil. 57:ampla quidem, sed pro ingentibus meritis praemia acceperunt,
Tac. A. 14, 53:amplum in modum praemia ostentare,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 26, 6:amplis honoribus usi,
Sall. J. 25, 4:amplis honoribus auctos,
Hor. S. 1, 6, 11.—Sometimes in mal. part. or ironically:amplam occasionem calumniae nactus,
a fine opportunity, Cic. Verr. 2, 61:spolia ampla refertis Tuque puerque tuus,
glorious spoils, Verg. A. 4, 93.— Comp.:ne ullum munus aedilitatis amplius aut gratius populo esse possit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 5; id. Mur. 37:praemiis ad perdiscendum amplioribus commoveri,
id. de Or. 1, 4, 13:alicui ampliorem laudem tribuere,
id. Sest. 27:in aliqua re esse laudem ampliorem,
id. Marcell. 4:corporis membris plus dedit, id amplius atque augustius ratus (Zeuxis),
Quint. 12, 10, 5:ut Augustus vocaretur ampliore cognomine,
Suet. Aug. 7.— Subst.:in potestatibus eo modo agitabat, ut ampliore, quam gerebat, dignus haberetur,
of something greater, Sall. J. 63, 5.— Sup.:ut consules monumentum quam amplissimum faciundum curent,
Cic. Phil. 14, 38; 14, 31; id. Verr. 4, 82:hoc munus aedilitatis amplissimum,
id. ib. 1, 12, 36; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 1, 74:alicui amplissimas potestates dare,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31:insignibus amplissimis ornatus,
id. ib. 2, 101:dona amplissima conferre,
Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 9:praemia legatis dedistis amplissima,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5; id. Phil. 2, 32:spe amplissimorum praemiorum adduci,
id. Mil. 5; id. de Or. 1, 5, 16:velut praemium quoddam amplissimum longi laboris,
Quint. 10, 7, 1:munera amplissima mittere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:vestris beneficiis amplissimis adfectus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 51; id. Dom. 98:laudi amplissimae lauream concedere,
id. Pis. 74:laudibus amplissimis adficere,
id. Phil. 7, 11:amplissimam gloriam consequi,
id. Prov. Cons. 39:ut eum amplissimo regis honore et nomine adfeceris,
id. Deiot. 14:amplissimis aliquem efferre honoribus,
Aur. Vict. Epit. 17, 3:amplissimis uti honoribus,
Cic. Fl. 45:amplissimos honores adipisci,
id. Verr. 5, 181:honores adsequi amplissimos,
id. Mil. 81:aliquem ad honores amplissimos perducere,
id. Am. 20, 73:meus labor fructum est amplissimum consecutus,
id. Imp. Pomp 2:mihi gratiae verbis amplissimis aguntur,
in the handsomest termis, id. Cat. 3, 14; id. Phil. 2, 13; id. Quir. 15:ei amplissimis verbis gratias egimus,
id. Phil. 1, 3:provincia Gallia merito ornatur verbis amplissimis ab senatu,
id. ib. 4, 9:amplissimis verbis conlaudatus,
Suet. Caes. 16:amplissimo populi senatusque judicio exercitus habuistis,
Cic. Agr. 1, 12; id. Fl. 5; id. Dom. 86; id. Planc. 93:de meo consulatu amplissima atque ornatissima decreta fecerunt,
id. Dom. 74:quam universi populi, illius gentis, amplissimum testimonium (said of Cic.),
Plin. 7, 30, 31, § 116.—In respect of the opinion of others, esteemed, renowned, etc.:D.quicquid est, quamvis amplum sit, id est parum tum cum est aliquid amplius,
Cic. Marcell. 26:quid hunc hominem magnum aut amplum de re publica cogitare (putare possumus), qui etc.,
great or noble, id. Imp. Pomp. 37:omnia, quae vobis cara atque ampla sunt,
id. Agr. 2, 9; id. Arch. 23:convenerunt corrogati et quidem ampli quidam homines,
id. Phil. 3, 20:hoc studium parvi properemus et ampli,
small and great, Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 28:amplis doctoribus instructus,
Tac. A. 14, 52:sin autem sunt amplae et honestae familiae plebeiae,
Cic. Mur. 7, 15.— Comp.:cum est aliquid amplius,
Cic. Marcell. 26:ampliores ordines,
Caes. B. C. 1, 77, where Dinter reads priores: quo (ingenio) neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est, [p. 112] Sall. J. 2, 4:nihil amplius potes (tribuere) amicitia tua,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:quid amplius facitis?
Vulg. Matt. 5, 47.— Sup.:ex amplissimo genere nubere,
Cic. Cael. 34:amplissimo genere natus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:genere copiisque amplissimus, id. ib 6, 15: quam (familiam) vidit amplissimam,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12:amplissimos patruos habere,
id. Sex. Rosc. 147:amplissima civitas,
id. Verr. 5, 122:apud illos Fabiorum nomen est amplissimum,
id. Font. 36; id. Caecin. 104; id. Verr. 3, 96; id. Deiot. 14:mihi hic locus ad agendum amplissimus est visus,
id. Imp. Pomp. 1:non adgrediar ad illa maxima atque amplissima prius quam etc.,
id. Sest. 5:licet tribuas ei quantum amplissimum potes, nihil tamen amplius potes amicitia tua,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:amplissimis operibus increscere,
id. ib. 8, 4, 3:honores in amplissimo consilio collocare,
Cic. Sen. 2:amplissimi orbis terrae consilii principes,
id. Phil. 3, 34: honoris amplissimi puto esse accusare improbos, I esteem it to be the greatest honor, etc., id. Div. in Caecil. 70:promotus ad amplissimas procurationes,
Plin. Ep. 7, 31, 3:praeter honores amplissimos cognomenque etc.,
Plin. 7, 44, 45, § 142:spes amplissimae dignitatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 49; id. Sen. 19, 68; Suet. Vit. 2.—Hence, amplissimus (almost always thus in sup.) as a title for persons holding great and honored offices, as consul, senator, etc., or as an honorable epithet of the office itself or the body of officers, distinguished, very distinguished, honorable, right honorable, most honorable, etc.:E.is mihi videtur amplissimus, qui sua virtute in altiorem locum pervenit,
Cic. Sex. Rosc. 83:homo et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimus,
id. Mur. 8:P. Africanus rebus gestis amplissimus,
id. Caecin. 69:ut homines amplissimi testimonium de sua re non dicerent,
id. Sex. Rosc. 102; id. Clu. 197:Q. Catuli atque ceterorum amplissimorum hominum auctoritas,
id. Imp. Pomp. 63:vir amplissimus ejus civitatis,
id. Verr. 4, 17; id. Fl. 32:exercitum Cn. Domitii, amplissimi viri, sustentavit,
id. Deiot. 5, 14:cum habeas amplissimi viri religionem (of L. Lucullus),
id. Arch. 4, 8; id. Lig. 22:in quo consilio amplissimi viri judicarent,
id. Mil. 5; id. Balb. 1; id. Dom. 2:comitatus virorum amplissimorum,
id. Sull. 9:viros primarios atque amplissimos civitatis in consilium advocare,
id. Verr. 3, 18:ordinis amplissimi esse,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 13, 1; 37, 6:cives amplissimos legare,
Cic. Balb. 42:hoc amplissimum nomen, i. e. senatorium,
id. Verr. 3, 96:amplissimus honos, i. e. consulatus,
id. Rep. 1, 6; so,amplissimo praeditus magistratu,
Suet. Aug. 26:amplissimus ordo, i. e. senatorius,
Plin. Ep. 10, 3; Suet. Calig. 49:amplissimi ordines, i. e. senatus et equites,
id. Vesp. 9:amplissimum collegium decemvirale,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49:an vero vir amplissimus, P. Scipio, pontifex maximus, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 3:amplissimum sacerdotium,
id. Verr. 2, 126; id. Phil. 13, 8:sacerdotium amplissimum,
id. Verr. 2, 127.—As rhet. epithet:I.amplus orator,
one that speaks richly and with dignity, Cic. Or. 9; id. Brut. 68:herous (pes), qui est idem dactylus Aristoteli amplior, iambus humanior videatur,
grander, more stately, Quint. 9, 4, 88:amplius compositionis genus,
more copious style, id. 9, 4, 129.— Adv. (on the extent of the use of the different forms of the adverb, v. supra init.), largely, abundantly, copiously.Lit.a.Form amplĭter:b.benigne ei largi atque ampliter,
Att. Trag. Rel. p. 173 Rib.:aptate munde atque ampliter convivium,
Pomp. Com. Rel. p. 234 Rib.:extructam ampliter mensam,
Lucil. 13, 7 Mull.:opsonato ampliter,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 65:adpositum est ampliter,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 163:acceptus hilare atque ampliter,
id. Merc. prol. 98:modeste melius facere sumptum quam ampliter,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 10:parum (digitulos) immersisti ampliter,
not deep enough, id. Bacch. 4, 4, 26.—Form amplē:II.exornat ample magnificeque triclinium,
Cic. Verr. 4, 62: qui ample valetudinarios nutriunt, in great numbers (v. the context), Cels. praef. med. —Trop., fully, handsomely.a.Form amplĭter:b.ampliter dicere,
fully, particularly, Gell. 10, 3, 4:laudare ampliter,
id. 2, 6, 11.—Form amplē: duo genera sunt: unum attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium, with great fulness, richly (v. amplus, II. E.), Cic. Brut. 55, 201; so,a.elate ampleque loqui,
id. Tusc. 5, 9, 24:satis ample sonabant in Pompeiani nominis locum Cato et Scipio,
full grandly filled the place of, Flor. 4, 2, 65.— Comp.: amplĭus, more, longer, further, besides (syn.: ultra, praeterea); of time, number, and action (while plus denotes more in quantity, measure, etc.; magis, more, in the comparison of quality, and sometimes of action; and potius, rather, the choice between different objects or acts), constr. absol., with comp. abl., and, in the case of numerals, like minus, plus, propius, q. v., without quam with the nom., acc., or gen., or rarely with the abl. comp., or with quam, but chiefly in the post-Aug. per.; cf. Zumpt, § 485; Madv. § 305; Roby, § 1273; Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 4, 12; and Draeger, Hist. Synt. I. p. 521 sq.In gen.:b.deliberatum est non tacere [me] amplius,
Afran. Com. Rel. p. 199 Rib.:otium ubi erit, de istis rebus tum amplius tecum loquar,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18:cui amplius male faxim,
id. Aul. 3, 2, 6: De. Etiam? Li. Amplius, id. As. 1, 1, 29: Ar. Vale. Ph. Aliquanto amplius valerem, si hic maneres, id. ib. 3, 3, 2:etiam faxo amabit (eam) amplius,
id. Men. 5, 2, 40:multo tanto illum accusabo, quam te accusavi, amplius,
id. ib. 5, 2, 49:quo populum servare potissit amplius,
Lucil. 1, 15 Mull.:At ego amplius dico,
Cic. Verr. 2, 26:amplius posse,
Sall. J. 69, 2:armis amplius valere,
id. ib. 111, 1:si lamentetur miser amplius aequo,
Lucr. 3, 953:tribus vobis opsonatumst an opsono amplius Tibi et parasito et mulieri?
besides, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 45:Quam vellem invitatum, ut nobiscum esset amplius,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:in illo exercitu cuncta (probra) fuere et alia amplius,
Sall. J. 44, 5:felices ter et amplius,
Hor. C. 1, 13, 17:binas aut amplius domos continuare,
Sall. C. 20, 11:ter nec amplius,
Suet. Caes. 25:cum non solum de his scripserit, sed amplius praecepta (reliquerit),
Quint. 12, 11, 24:multa promi amplius possunt,
Plin. 2, 17, 15, § 77:si studere amplius possum,
Quint. 6, prooem. 4:auram communem amplius haurire potui?
id. 6, prooem. 12:sagum, quod amplius est,
Vulg. Exod. 26, 12.—And so very often with the pron. quid, etc.; with the negatives nihil, non, neque, nec, ne; and sometimes with nemo and haud.(α).With quid, etc.:(β).Quid faciam amplius?
Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 14, and Cic. Har. Resp. 42:quid dicam amplius?
Quint. 8, 4, 7:quid a me amplius dicendum putatis?
Cic. Verr. 3, 60:quid quaeris amplius?
id. Sex. Rosc. 145; id. Dom. 41; id. Verr. 2, 191:quid vultis amplius?
id. Mil. 35:quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:quid exspectatis amplius?
Cic. Verr. 2, 174:quid amplius exspectabo,
Vulg. 4 Reg. 6, 33:quid loquar amplius de hoc homine?
Cic. Caecin. 25:quid amplius laboremus?
Quint. 8, prooem. 31:quid habet amplius homo?
Vulg. Eccl. 1, 3; 6, 8:quid ego aliud exoptem amplius, nisi etc.,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 134:quid amplius debeam optare?
Quint. 4, 1, 51: Lo. Numquid amplius? Ly. Tantum est, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 11; Ter. And. 2, 1, 25: De. An quid est etiam amplius? He. Vero amplius, id. Ad. 3, 4, 22:quid est quod tibi mea ars efficere hoc possit amplius?
more than this, id. And. 1, 1, 4:Etenim quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 6; id. Sull. 90:si quid amplius scit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:si quid ego addidero amplius,
id. Trin. 4, 2, 13:si amplius aliquid gloriatus fuero,
Vulg. 2 Cor. 10, 8.—And often hoc amplius, where hoc is commonly an abl., but sometimes may be regarded as a nom. or an acc.:hoc amplius si quid poteris,
any thing beyond this, Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 44: et hoc amplius (additur), quod etc., and this further, that etc., id. Sull. 44; so Quint. 5, 13, 36:de paedagogis hoc amplius, ut aut sint etc.,
id. 1, 1, 8:Mario urbe Italiaque interdicendum, Marciano hoc amplius, Africa,
Plin. Ep. 2, 11, 19; Quint. 1, 5, 50; 1, 5, 55; sometimes in plur., his amplius:his amplius apud eundem (est) etc.,
Quint. 9, 3, 15;so rarely eo amplius: inferiasque his annua religione, publice instituit, et eo amplius matri Circenses,
Suet. Calig. 15:quaeris quid potuerit amplius adsequi,
Cic. Planc. 60: prius quam (hic) turbarum quid faciat amplius, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 93:quare jam te cur amplius excrucies?
Cat. 76, 10.—With nihil, etc.:(γ).habet nihil amplius quam lutum,
Lucil. 9, 46 Mull.:nihil habui amplius, quod praeciperem,
Quint. 7, 1, 64:nihil enim dixit amplius,
Cic. Deiot. 21:Nihil dico amplius: causa dicta est,
I say no more; I have done with my case, id. ib. 8:nihil amplius dico, nisi me etc.,
id. Planc. 96:nihil amplius dicam quam victoriam etc.,
id. Marcell. 17.—Hence, nihil dico or dicam amplius, when one fears to wound by declaring his opinion, etc., I say no more, have nothing further to say or add:vetus est, Nihili cocio est. Scis cujus? non dico amplius,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51:si, quod equitis Romani filius est, inferior esse debuit: omnes tecum equitum Romanorum filii petiverunt. Nihil dico amplius,
Cic. Planc. 7 (tacite significat eos dignitate inferiores esse Plancio, Manut. ad h.l.):Alterius vero partis nihil amplius dicam quam id, quod etc.,
id. Marcell. 6, 17:amplius nihil respondit,
Vulg. Marc. 15, 5:nihil amplius addens,
ib. Deut. 5, 22:nihil noverunt amplius,
ib. Eccl. 9, 5:nihil amplius optet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 46:nihil amplius potes,
Plin. Ep. 2, 13, 10:amplius quod desideres, nihil erit,
this will leave nothing to be desired, Cic. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:nil amplius oro, nisi ut etc.,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 4:ipse Augustus nihil amplius quam equestri familia ortum se scribit,
Suet. Aug. 2:si non amplius, ad lustrum hoc protolleret unum,
Lucil. 1, 33 Mull.:non luctabor tecum, Crasse, amplius,
Cic. de Or. 1, 17, 74; id. Tusc. 5, 34, 98:verbum non amplius addam,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 121:non amplius me objurgabis,
Quint. 5, 10, 47:non amplius posse,
Sall. Fragm. Hist. 3, 82, 19 Kritz:non habent amplius quid faciant,
Vulg. Luc. 12, 4: non videbitis amplius faciem meam. ib. Gen. 44, 23; ib. Heb. 10, 17:amplius illa jam non inveniet,
ib. Apoc. 18, 14:studium, quo non aliud ad dignitatem amplius excogitari potest,
Tac. Or. 5:extra me non est alia amplius,
Vulg. Soph. 2, 15:neque hoc amplius quam quod vides nobis quicquamst,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 21:neque va dari amplius neque etc.,
Cic. Quinct. 23:nec jam amplius ullae Adparent terrae,
Verg. A. 3, 192; 3, 260; 5, 8; 9, 426; 9, 519; 11, 807; 12, 680; id. G. 4, 503:nec irascar amplius,
Vulg. Ezech. 16, 42; ib. Apoc. 7, 16:ne amplius dona petas,
Cat. 68, 14:urere ne possit calor amplius aridus artus,
Lucr. 4, 874;ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:ut ne quem amplius posthac discipulum reciperet,
Suet. Gram. 17:ne amplius morando Scaurum incenderet,
Sall. J. 25, 10; id. Fragm. Hist. 1, 2, 10 Kritz;3, 82, 17: ne amplius divulgetur,
Vulg. Act. 4, 17:ut nequaquam amplius per eamdem viam revertamini,
ib. Deut. 17, 16:nolite amplius accipere pecuniam,
ib. 4 Reg. 12, 7.—With nemo:c.cur non restipulatur neminem amplius petiturum?
Cic. Q. Rosc. 12, 36:cum amplius nemo occurreret,
nobody further, no one more, Curt. 8, 10, 2; so,neminem amplius viderunt,
Vulg. Marc. 9, 7:nemo emet amplius,
no one will buy any longer, any more, ib. Apoc. 18, 11 (for cases of haud with amplius, v. c. a and g).—With numerals and numeral forms.(α).Without quam:(β).amplius horam suffixum in cruce me memini esse,
Cat. 69, 3:horam amplius jam in demoliendo signo homines moliebantur,
Cic. Verr. 4, 95:amplius annos triginta tribunus fuerat,
Sall. C. 59, 6:me non amplius novem annos nato,
Nep. Hann. 2, 3:per annos amplius quadraginta,
Suet. Aug. 72; 32:quid si tandem amplius triennium est?
Cic. Q. Rosc. 8:Tu faciem illius noctem non amplius unam Falle dolo,
Verg. A. 1, 683:inveniebat Sabim flumen non amplius milia passuum decem abesse,
Caes. B. G. 2, 16; 4, 12:reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, mons continet,
id. ib. 1, 28;2, 29: amplius sestertium ducentiens acceptum hereditatibus rettuli,
Cic. Phil. 2, 40; id. Fl. 68; so Plin. Ep. 10, 39, 1:huic paulo amplius tertiam partem denegem?
id. ib. 5, 7, 3:cum eum amplius centum cives Romani cognoscerent,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14; 5, 155:victi amplius ducenti ceciderunt,
Liv. 21, 29, 3: non amplius quattuordecim cohortes, Pompei. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, C:ex omni multitudine non amplius quadraginta locum cepere,
Sall. J. 58, 3: torrentes amplius centum, [p. 113] Plin. 5, 28, 29, § 103; 9, 5, 4, § 10.—And very rarely placed after the numeral:qui septingentos jam annos amplius numquam mutatis legibus vivunt,
Cic. Fl. 63:pugnatum duas amplius horas,
Liv. 25, 19, 15 Weissenb.:duo haud amplius milia peditum effugerunt,
id. 28, 2:decem amplius versus perdidimus,
Plin. Ep. 3, 5, 12:tris pateat caeli spatium non amplius ulnas,
Verg. E. 3, 105.—With the comp. abl. (rare but class.):(γ).cum jam amplius horis sex continenter pugnaretur,
Caes. B. G. 3, 5; 4, 37:pugnatum amplius duabus horis est,
Liv. 27, 12:neque triennio amplius supervixit,
Suet. Caes. 89:uti non amplius quinis aut senis milibus passuum interesset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 15; 1, 23; 2, 7;6, 29: non amplius patet milibus quinque et triginta,
Sall. Fragm. Hist. 4, 1, 34 Kritz:est ab capite paulo amplius mille passibus locus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 90, 1:ab Capsa non amplius duum milium intervallo,
Sall. J. 91, 3:(Catilina) cum initio non amplius duobus milibus (militum) habuisset,
id. C. 56, 2; so,denas alii, alii plures (uxores) habent, set reges eo amplius,
id. J. 80, 7.—And prob. the following ambiguous cases: cum mille non amplius equitibus,
Sall. J. 105, 3:oppidum non amplius mille passuum abesse,
id. ib. 68, 3.—With quam (postAug. and eccl.):d. (α).non amplius, cum plurimum, quam septem horas dormiebat,
Suet. Aug. 78:nec amplius quam septem et viginti dies Brundisii commoratus,
id. ib. 17:Toto triennio semel omnino eam nec amplius quam uno die paucissimis vidit horis,
id. Tib. 51:demoratus dies non amplius quam octo aut decem,
Vulg. Act. 25, 6:ut non amplius apud te quam quarta (pars) remaneret,
Plin. Ep. 5, 19:ut vexillum veteranorum, non amplius quam quingenti numero, copias fuderint,
Tac. A. 3, 21:haud amplius quam ducentos misit,
id. ib. 14, 32:insidiantur ei ex iis viri amplius quam quadraginta,
Vulg. Act. 23, 21.—Amplius, t. t. of judges when they deferred an important case for future examination:(β).Amplius adeo prolixum temporis spatium significat, ut judices quotienscunque significarent, adhuc se audire velle, amplius dicebant. Itaque negotium differebant, unde hodieque ampliari judicium differri dicitur,
Charis. 176 P.; so Don. ad Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 39; cf.also amplio and ampliatio: cum consules re audita amplius de consilii sententia pronuntiavissent,
Cic. Brut. 22, 86:antea vel judicari primo poterat vel amplius pronuntiari,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26:ut de Philodamo amplius pronuntiaretur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 29.—And metaph.: ego amplius deliberandum censeo,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 17.—Amplius non petere, judicial t. phr., to bring no further action, to make no further claim:(γ).quid ita satis non dedit, AMPLIVS [A SE] NEMINEM PETITVRVM?
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 35:Tibi ego, Brute, non solvam, nisi prius a te cavero amplius eo nomine neminem, cujus petitio sit, petiturum,
id. Brut. 5, 18:sunt duo, quae te rogo: primum, ut si quid satis dandum erit, AMPLIVS EO NOMINE NON PETI, cures etc.,
id. Fam. 13, 28 A:quod ille recusarit satis dare amplius abs te non peti,
id. Att. 1, 8, 1.—Hoc amplius, beside the general use given above (II. Comp. b. a), as t. phr. of senators when they approved a measure, but amended it by addition:(δ).Servilio adsentior et HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, magnum Pompeium fecisse etc.,
Cic. Phil. 12, 21, 50:cui cum essem adsensus, decrevi HOC AMPLIVS, ut etc.,
id. ad Brut. 1, 5, 1;so Seneca: fortasse et post omnes citatus nihil improbabo ex iis, quae priores decreverint, et dicam HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO, Vit. Beat. 3, 2: Quaedam ex istis sunt, quibus adsentire possumus, sed HOC AMPLIVS CENSEO,
id. Q. N. 3, 15, 1.—To this may be added the elliptical phrases, nihil amplius and si nihil amplius:► The form amplius has the ambiguity of the Engl.nihil amplius, denoting that there is nothing further than has been declared: sese ipsum abs te repetit. Nihil amplius,
Cic. Verr. 5, 49, 128;(res publica) ulta suas injurias est per vos interitu tyranni. Nihil amplius,
id. Fam. 12, 1, 2; and, si nihil amplius, marking a limit, if nothing more, at least:excedam tectis? An, si nihil amplius, obstem?
Ov. M. 9, 148.word more, which is sometimes an adj., sometimes a subst., and sometimes an adv., and some of the above examples would admit of different classifications; as, non amplius dicere, not to speak further (adv.) or not to say more (subst.), Plaut. As. 1, 3, 51; but some of them would admit of only one explanation;I.as, ne quos amplius Rhenum transire pateretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43. Sup.: amplissimē.Lit., very largely, most abundantly:II.ut quibus militibus amplissime (agri) dati adsignati essent,
in the largest shares, Cic. Phil. 5, 53:duumviri (deos) tribus quam amplissume tum apparari poterat stratis lectis placavere,
Liv. 5, 13, 6 Weissenb.—Fig., most generously, most handsomely:qui amplissime de salute mea decreverint,
Cic. Dom. 44:amplissime laudare,
in the handsomest style, Plin. 18, 3, 3, § 11; Suet. Calig. 15:honores amplissime gessit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 112:pater cum amplissime ex praetura triumphasset,
with the greatest pomp, id. Mur. 15:placere eum quam amplissime supremo suo die efferri,
should be carried forth with every possible solemnity, id. Phil. 9, 7, 16. V. on this word, Hand, Turs. I. pp. 287-296.
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Internal heat — is the heat source from the interior celestial objects, such as planets, brown dwarfs, and stars, caused by gravity and decaying radioactive materials. The amount of internal heat depends on mass; the more massive the object, the more internal… … Wikipedia
Internal set theory — (IST) is a mathematical theory of sets developed by Edward Nelson which provides an axiomatic basis for a portion of the non standard analysis introduced by Abraham Robinson. Instead of adding new elements to the real numbers, the axioms… … Wikipedia
Objects in the Mirror Are Closer Than They Appear — may refer to: Objects in the Mirror Are Closer Than They Appear (Confrontation Camp album), 2000 Objects in the Mirror Are Closer Than They Appear (Nancy Moran album), 1993 See also Objects in mirror are closer than they appear, a safety warning … Wikipedia
Objects from The Lost Room — The Objects from The Lost Room are supernatural artifacts from the Sci Fi Channel mini series The Lost Room. The set consists of roughly one hundred everyday items one would expect to find in an occupied motel room in the 1960s. They are… … Wikipedia
Internal rhythm — In filmmaking, internal rhythm is created by whatever appears or occurs within the shot of a moving picture. It can change within a scene and from scene to scene. In Citizen Kane , for instance, the internal rhythm of the scene in which Kane,… … Wikipedia
Objects clause — An objects clause is a provision in a company s constitution stating the purpose and range of activities for which the company is carried on. In UK company law up until reforms in the Companies Act 1989 and the Companies Act 2006, an objects… … Wikipedia
List of gravitationally rounded objects of the Solar System — Objects in the Solar System By orbit By size By discovery date … Wikipedia
Oracle Media Objects — (OMO) OMO Screenshot Developer(s) Oracle Stable release 1.1.2 / 1998 (last date FAQ was updated) … Wikipedia
Magical objects in Harry Potter — The following is a list of magical objects used in Harry Potter. These objects exist for the use of the characters in the series by J. K. Rowling. Contents 1 Communication 1.1 Enchanted coins 1.2 Howler … Wikipedia
The internal sense — Sense Sense, n. [L. sensus, from sentire, sensum, to perceive, to feel, from the same root as E. send; cf. OHG. sin sense, mind, sinnan to go, to journey, G. sinnen to meditate, to think: cf. F. sens. For the change of meaning cf. {See}, v. t.… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Doctrine of internal relations — The doctrine of internal relations is the philosophical doctrine that all relations are internal to their bearers, in the sense that they are essential to them and the bearers would not be what they are without them. It was a term used in British … Wikipedia
